Lukas 9:5
5 Och om man någonstädes icke tager emot eder, så gån bort ifrån den staden, och skudden stoftet av edra fötter, till ett vittnesbörd mot dem."
And
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
as many as
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅσος
Greek:
ὅσοι
Transliteration:
hosoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Correlative pronoun Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference back to a TYPE of male people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
as much as
Tyndale
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pl, Mat.14:36, Mrk.3:10, Rom.2:12, al; n. pl, Mat.17:12, Mrk.10:21, Luk.11:8, al; πάτνες (πάντα) ὅ, Mat.13:46, Luk.4:40, al; before οὗτοι (ταῦτα), Rom.8:14, Php.4:8; with indic, Mrk.6:56, Rev.3:19; with subjc. Mrk.3:28, al; ὅ. ἄν, Mat.18:18, Jhn.11:22, al; (b) of measure and degree: Mrk.3:8, Luk.8:39, Act.9:13; in compar. sent, ὅσον before μᾶλλον, Mrk.7:36; καθ᾽ ὅσον, with compar. Heb.3:3; before τοσοῦτο, Heb.7:20; οὕτως, Heb.9:27; τοσαύτῳ, with compar. before ὅσῳ, with compar, Heb.1:4; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45 Rom.11:13; (with) of space and time: Rev.21:16; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as long as, Mat.9:15, 2Pe.1:13; ἐφ᾽ ὅ. χρόνον, Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, Heb.10:37 (LXX). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, Epic dialect ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσος also in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb, [Refs 7th c.BC+] ii 18 (ὄσσος), argument, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Central Cretan dialect ὄζος [Refs], and ὄττος [Refs] adjective:—of Size, as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correlative with τόσος (τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as, τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην. [Refs 4th c.BC+] as antecedent, χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον. [Refs 8th c.BC+] just so much as, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; agreeing with an antecedent implied in an adjective, γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι. the virtue of all the women, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+] substantive frequently precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾷς. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ἐστί]; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὦ Ζεῦ, τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! [Refs 8th c.BC+] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) with a partitive genitive in the principal clause, Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔ τις. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on τῶν ὅσοι, see ὁ, ἡ, τό [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc, see at {ὁσημέραι}. 4) with τις, in indirect questions, ἰδώμεθα. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς. ἔνεστιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον τι ἐστί[Refs] 5) with accusative of extent, λίμνη. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6) with adjectives expressing Quantity, etc, both words being put in the same case, [πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently in adverbial construction, θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] 7) with superlative, ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 8) with infinitive, so much as is enough for, ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (see. οἷος [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) followed by Particles: III.1) ὅσος ἄν (κεν) how great (many) soever, with subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in [Refs 8th c.BC+] naming such and such an amount, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, [Refs]; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, [Refs]; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in plural, any number whatsoever, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]however large, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.3) ὁσοσοῦν, Ionic dialect -ῶν, ever so small, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, however many, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as, τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι of its normal size, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: in plural, as many as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and this is still more the case with Epic dialect ὅσος τε (compare ὅστε), [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV) Adverbial usages of ὅσον and ὅσα: IV.1) so far as, so much as, οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον γέ μ᾽ εἰδέναι as far as I know, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so μακραίων γ᾽, ὅσ᾽ ἀπεικάσαι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but more frequently with indicative, ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕν᾽ ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, [Refs] IV.1.b) how far, how much, ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with adjectives, how, ὅσον or ὅσσον. μέγ᾽ ὄνειαρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) only so far as, only just, ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opposed to τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλη; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. [NT]; ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; παρ᾽ ὅσον ἧττον a little less, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον not even, οὐδ᾽ ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: absolutely, not the least mite, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; cf. IV. 5. IV.3) of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect ὅσον alone, ὅσον δύο πλέθρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of other measurements, ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον [Refs] IV.4) with adjectives of Quality or Degree, mostly with comparative, αἴθ᾽, ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) with negatives, ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with future, presently, in a minute, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.5.b) οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσώθησαν not only not, but not even, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5.c) ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic to be read) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον γ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes with a finite Verb, πείθεσθαι, ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.6) ὁσονοῦν, Ionic dialect ὁσονῶν, ever so little, εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.7) ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like{ὡς, ὥσπερ}, as, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, frequently with comparative, ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with superlative, διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) ὅσῳ with comparative when followed by another comparative with τοσούτῳ, the more, so much the more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes a superlative replaces the comparative, ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι, τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ, ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, καθ᾽ ὅσον are frequently used much like{ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω} [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; later of Time, ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν as long as. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] VI.2) ἐν ὅσῳ while, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) no adverb ὅσως occurs.
Strongs
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hósos
Pronounciation:
hos'-os
Language:
Greek
Definition:
as (much, great, long, etc.) as; all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever); by reduplication from g3739 (ὅς)
maybe
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἄν
Greek:
ἂν
Transliteration:
an
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Particle or Disjunctive Particle
Grammar:
introducing an alternative
Source:
[Tag=NK(o)] Identical in Nestlé-Aland and KJV sources, minor variants in other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἄν
Transliteration:
an
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, see word; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff; MM, VGT, see word). 1) In apodosis, (i) with indic, imperfect or aor, expressing what would be or would have been if (εἰ with impf, aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Luk.7:39 17:6, Jhn.5:46, Gal.1:10, Mat.12:7 24:43, 1Co.2:8, Act.18:14, 1Jn.2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mat.25:27, Luk.19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jhn.8:39 15:24 19:11, Rom.7:7, Gal.4:15; (ii) with opt, inf, ptcp. (cl; see LS, see word; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). 2) In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; (i) as in cl, with subj, (a) in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, which see; (b) in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc; see: ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; (α) with pres, ἡνίκα, 2Co.3:15; ὃς ἄν, Rom.9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al; ὅσοι ἄν, Luk.9:5; ὡς ἄν, Rom.15:24 (M, Pr., 167); (β) with aor, ὃς ἄν, Mat.5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mat.2:13, Mrk.6:10, al; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), 1Co.11:34, Php.2:23. On the frequently use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, see: ἐάν; (ii) in late Gk, when some actual fact is spoken of, with indic: ὅταν (which see); ὅπου ἄν, Mrk.6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Act.2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, 1Co.12:2. 3) in iterative construction, with imperfect and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Act.2:45 4:35, 1Co.12:2. 4) with optative, giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Act.8:31 26:29. 5) Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), 1Co.7:5; ὡς ἄν, with inf, as it were (op. cit. 167), 2Co.10:9. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄν
Transliteration:
an
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἄν, [ᾰ], Epic dialect, Lyric poetry, Ionic dialect, [Refs 4th c.AD+], Attic dialect; also κεν) Epic dialect, Aeolic dialect, Thess, κᾱ Doric dialect, Boeotian dialect, El; the two combined in Epic dialect (below [Refs 4th c.BC+], εἰκ ἄν[Refs 4th c.BC+]:—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyric poetry about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by [Refs 8th c.BC+] in negative clauses, κε (ν) with the relative. A) In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come. A.I) WITH INDICATIVE: A.I.1) with historical tenses, generally imperfect and aorist, less frequently pluperfect, never perfect, see below, A.I.1.a) most frequently in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apodosis expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The imperfect with ἄν refers to continued action, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] always in past time, except perhaps καί κε θάμ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ᾽[Refs 8th c.BC+]; later also in present time, first in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. The aorist strictly refers only to past time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, [Refs 4th c.BC+], but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc, as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ᾽, εἶπον ἄν σ᾽ οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+]pluperfect refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt,[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) the protasis is frequently understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.1.c) with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with τάχα, which see, ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ᾽ ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (i.e. διέβησαν) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.d) ἄν is frequently omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc, and sometimes for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) with future indicative: A.I.2.a) frequently in Epic dialect, usually with κεν, rarely ἄν, [Refs 8th c.BC+] and he will likely be angry to whom-soever I shall come, [Refs]; καί κέ τις ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει and in that case men will say,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Lyric poetry, μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.b) rarely in codices of Attic dialect Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε[Refs 5th c.BC+]future infinitive and participle see below A.II) WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in Epic dialect, the meaning being the same as with the future indicative [Refs]I will take her myself, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, [Refs]; also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις[Refs] A.III) WITH OPTATIVE (never future, rarely perfect πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.a) in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in optative with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a future condition: ἀλλ᾽ εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη[Refs 8th c.BC+] present and aorist optative with κε or ἄν are sometimes used like imperfect and aorist indicative with ἄν in Attic, with either regular indicative or another optative in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο. εἰ μὴ. νόησε κτλ, i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.b) with protasis in present or future, the optative with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ᾽ εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.c) with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν δ᾽ οὔ κε δύ᾽ ἀνέρε. ἀπ᾽ οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes with reference to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.d) with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ᾽ ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like, Latin velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ᾽ ἄ; which way then can we turn? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴησαν δ᾽ ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.e) in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν. δοί;[Refs 5th c.BC+] as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, [Refs]; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.f) in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, [Refs]; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.g) rarely omitted with optative in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ᾽ ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Trag, θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.h) ἄν with future optative is probably always corrupt (compare [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν᾽ ἂν καταλήψοιτο (οὐδένα Bekk.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) WITH infinitive and participle (sometimes adjective equivalent to participle, τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.1) present infinitive or participle: A.IV.1.a) representing imperfect indicative, οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττει; do you think he would not have kept them safe? (οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.1.b) representing present optative, πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ᾽ ἄν) ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν παραλείπω[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.2) aorist infinitive or participle: A.IV.2.a) representing aorist indicative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ᾽ αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖ; do you not think he would even have run thither? (καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.2.b) representing aorist optative, οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land (οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατήσειαν), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν (ληφθείη ἄν) [Refs]; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen (ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), [Refs] A.IV.3) perfect infinitive or participle representing: A.IV.3.a) pluperfect indicative, πάντα ταῦθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι (φήσειεν ἄν) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians (ἑαλώκη ἄν), [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.3.b) perfect optative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered (δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.4) future infinitive or participle, never in Epic dialect, and probably always corrupt in Attic dialect, νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (to be read -ῆσαι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; both are found in later Gk, νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα[Refs 2nd c.BC+]; with participle, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) IN DEPENDENT CLAUSE[Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I) In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν (ᾱ) (which see): [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, compare ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν (Ionic dialect ἐπεάν), ἐπειδάν: [Refs 8th c.BC+], ἐπήν, εὖτ᾽ ἄ; see also εἰσόκε (εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ᾽ ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ᾽ ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος. ὅς χ᾽ ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ whoever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]subjunctive in both the above constructions [Refs] without ἄ; also Trag. and Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subjunctive without ἄν in prose, e.g. [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μέχρι οὗ), [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) in final clauses introduced by relative adverbs, as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), frequently in Epic dialect, σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after ὡς in [Refs 5th c.BC+] indicative is regular in _Attic dialect_); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε except ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν. φύγοιμεν[Refs 8th c.BC+] = where in [Refs 5th c.BC+] = lest, takes ἄν only with optative in apodosis, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) in Epic dialect sometimes with OPTATIVE as with subjunctive (always κε (ν), except εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥς κε. δοίη ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please,[Refs 8th c.BC+] belongs to Verb in apodosis, as in ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο[Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relative or temporary word retains an ἄν which it would have with subjunctive in direct form, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—similarly after a preceding optative, οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν. σκέψαιο[Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in Epic dialect: B.III.1) with future indicative as with subjunctive: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.2) with εἰ and a past tense of indicative, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ᾽ ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ᾽ ἐβούλετο Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.IV) in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο[NT+4th c.AD+]; ἔνθ᾽ ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι[Refs 6th c.AD+]; compare ἐάν, ὅταν. C) with imperfect and more rarely aorist indicative in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+] she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν, ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive representing imperfect of this construction, ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire (ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), [Refs 4th c.BC+] D) GENERAL REMARKS: D.I) POSITION OF ἄν. D.I.1) in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relative word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, γάρ, καί, νυ, περ, etc; as εἰ μέν κεν. εἰ δέ κε[Refs 8th c.BC+]; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ[Refs 8th c.BC+] two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν[Refs 5th c.BC+] D.I.2) in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, especially an interrogative, a negative (e. g. οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθ; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? (εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), [Refs 4th c.BC+] D.I.3) ἄν is frequently separated from its infinitive by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc, οὐκ ἂν οἴει; frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ᾽ ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) [Refs 5th c.BC+] D.I.4) ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ᾽, ὦ μέλ᾽, ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει[Refs 5th c.BC+] D.II) REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ᾽ ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ᾽ ἄν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ᾽ ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἄν, εἰ. [Refs] D.II.2) ἄν is coupled with κε (ν) a few times in [Refs 8th c.BC+] D.III) ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sometimes the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (i.e. ἔρρεγκον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (i.e. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ᾽ ἤνυσε;[Refs 4th c.BC+] —so in phrases like{πῶς γὰρ ἄν}; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (i.e. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (i.e. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (i.e. ἴητε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] D.IV) ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι᾽ ἂν εἰ πείθοι᾽· ἀπειθοίης δ᾽ ἴσως[Refs 4th c.BC+]: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis,[Refs 5th c.BC+] B) ἄν, [ᾱ], Attic dialect, ={ἐάν},{ἤν}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ[Refs 4th c.BC+]: not common in earlier Attic dialect Inscrr, [NT+4th c.BC+] C) ἄν or ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, (which see) D) ἄν, shortened from ἄνα, see entry ἀνά G.
Strongs
Word:
ἄν
Transliteration:
án
Pronounciation:
an
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(what-, where-, wither-, who-)soever; a primary particle, denoting a supposition, wish, possibility or uncertainty
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μή
Greek:
μὴ
Transliteration:
mē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.
Strongs
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mḗ
Pronounciation:
may
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)
shall receive
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέχομαι
Greek:
δέχωνται
Transliteration:
dechōntai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to receive
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Subjunctive 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happens - by people or things being discussed
Source:
[Tag=N(k)O] Identical in Nestlé-Aland and other sources, minor variants in KJV sources
Tyndale
Word:
δέχομαι
Transliteration:
dechomai
Gloss:
to receive
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέχομαι, depon. mid, [in LXX chiefly for לקח;] to receive, accept; 1) with accusative of thing(s), of taking or accepting what is offered: γράμματα, Luk.16:6, 7; id. in different sense, Act.28:21; ποτήριον, Luk.22:17; παιδίον (εἰς τ. ἀγκάλας), Luk.2:28; περικεφαλαίαν, μάχαιραν, Eph.6:17; ἐπιστολάς, Act.22:5; τ. βασιλείαν τ. Θεοῦ, Mrk.10:15, Luk.18:17; λογία ζῶντα, Act.7:38; εὐαγγέλιον, 2Co.11:4; τ. χάριν τ. Θεοῦ, 2Co.6:1; metaphorically, of mental acceptance, Mat.11:14; τ. λόγον, Luk.8:13, Act.8:14 11:1 17:11, 1Th.1:6 2:13, Jas.1:21; τὰ τ. πνεύματος, 1Co.2:14; τ. παράκλησιν, 2Co.8:17; τ. ἀγάπην τ. ἀληθείας, 2Th.2:10. 2) with accusative of person(s), of receiving kindly or hospitably, Mat.10:14 40, 41, Mrk.6:11, Luk.9:5 53 10:8, 10, Jhn.4:45, 2Co.7:15 11:16, Gal.4:14, Col.4:10, Heb.11:31; παιδίον, Mat.18:5, Mrk.9:37, Luk.9:48; εἰς οἴκους, σκηνάς, Luk.16:4, 9; δέξαι τ. πνεῦμά μου, Act.7:59; ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν δέασθαι, Act.3:21 (cf. ἀνα, ἀπο, δια, εἰσ, ἐκ, ἀπ-εκ, ἐν, ἐπι, παρα, προσ, ὑπο-δέχομαι; Cremer, 174). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέχομαι
Transliteration:
dechomai
Gloss:
to receive
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέχομαι, Ionic dialect, Aeolic dialect, Cretan dialect δέκομαι, [Refs 7th c.BC+], imperfect ἐδεκόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]future δέξομαι, Epic dialect also δεδέξομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεχθήσομαι (in passive sense) [LXX]: aorist ἐδεξάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐδέχθην (ὑπ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect δέδεγμαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative δεδεξο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἀπο-δεδέχαται [Refs 8th c.BC+] also has Epic dialect imperfect ἐδέγμην [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular δέκτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive δέχθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle δέγμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also a 3rd.pers. plural present δέχαται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare προτίδεγμαι, and see at {δεδοκημένος}:— I) of things as the object, take, accept, receive, etc, ἄποινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δ. τί τινι receive something at the hand of another, δέξατό οἱ σκῆπτρον πατρώϊον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accept as legal tender, ὀδελός [Refs]; τι παρά τινος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also δ. τί τινος receive in exchange for, χρυσὸν φίλου ἀνδρὸς ἐδέξατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; choose, τι δ. πρό τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, prefer, δεξαίμην ἂν πάσας τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐρριφέναι ἢ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) catch, as in a vessel, ὀπὸν. κάδοις δ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of mental reception, take, accept without complaint, χαλεπόν περ ἐόντα δεχώμεθα μῦθον [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) accept graciously, τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐγὼ πρόφρων δ. [Refs]; of the gods, ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε δέκτο μὲν ἱρά [Refs]; προσφιλῶς γέρα δ, of one dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ χρησθέν, τὸν οἰωνὸν δ, accept, hail the oracle, the omen, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; accept, approve, τὸν λόγον, ξυμμαχίαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διδόναι καὶ δέχεσθαι τὰ δίκαια[Refs]; δέχεσθαι ὅρκον, see at {ὅρκος}; accept a confession, and so forgive, ἀδικίαν [LXX] I.2.c) simply, give ear to, hear, ὠσὶν ἠχήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.d) take or regard as so and so, μηδὲ συμφορὰν δέχου τὸν ἄνδρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; understand in a certain sense, ὅπῃ βούλει δέξασθαι ταύτῃ δέχου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, κῶλά με δέξαι νυνὶ λέγειν [Refs 1st c.BC+] I.2.e) cap verses, σκόλια δ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) take upon oneself, τὴν δαπάνην [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: with infinitive, undertake, [Refs] II) of persons as the object, welcome, κόλπῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάροισι, ἐν δόμοισιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στέγαις, πυρὶ δ. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῇ τόλει δ. to admit into the city, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγορᾷ, ἄστει δ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. τινὰ ξύμμαχον accept or admit as an ally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; accept as security, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; entertain, δείπνοις [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) receive as an enemy, await the attack of, ἐπιόντα δ. δουρί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a hunter waiting for game, [Refs]; of a wild boar waiting for the hunters, [Refs]; of troops, εἰς χεῖρας δ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) expect, wait, with accusative et future infinitive, ἀλλ᾽ αἰεί τινα φῶτα. ἐδέγμην ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐλεύσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]—In these two last senses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]future δεδέξομαι, perfect δέδεγμαι, and δεδεγμένος,[Refs 3rd c.BC+]infinitive δειδέχθαι as imperative, expect, with genitive, βορέω [Refs 4th c.BC+] III) rarely with a thing as the subject, occupy, engage one, τίς ἀρχὰ δέξατο ναυτιλίας [αὐτούς]; [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) receive, hold, τὴν τροφήν [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.3) admit of, ψεῦδος οὐδὲν δ. ἁ τῶ ἀριθμῶ φύσις [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) Geometry texts, contain, circum-scribe, γωνίας ἴσας [Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) intransitive, succeed, come next, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of places, ἐκ τοῦ στεινοῦ τὸ Ἀρτεμίσιον δέκεται [Refs 5th c.BC+] is probably the original form, cf. Slavonic desiti, dositi 'find'.)
Strongs
Word:
δέχομαι
Transliteration:
déchomai
Pronounciation:
dekh'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively); accept, receive, take; middle voice of a primary verb
you,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμᾶς,
Transliteration:
humas
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Accusative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
going forth
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐξέρχομαι
Greek:
ἐξερχόμενοι
Transliteration:
exerchomenoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to go out
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Participle Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening – done by male people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐξέρχομαι
Transliteration:
exerchomai
Gloss:
to go out
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐξέρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very frequently for יצא, also for עלה,בּוֹא, etc;] depon, to go, or come out of: Mat.10:11, Mrk.1:35, Jhn.13:30, al; with inf, Mat.11:8, Mrk.3:21, Luk.7:25, 26 Act.20:8; id. before ἐπί, Mat.26:55, al; εἰς, Mrk.1:38; ἵνα, Rev.6:2; ἐ. before ἐκ (cl. with genitive loc.), Mrk.5:2, Jhn.4:30, al; ἔξω, with genitive, Mat.21:17, Mrk.14:68, Act.16:13, Heb.13:13; ἀπό, Mrk.11:12, Luk.9:5, Php.4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mat.15:21, Mrk.6:1, Luk.9:4, al; of demons expelled, before ἐκ (ἀπό), with genitive of person(s), Mrk.1:25, 26 5:8, Luk.4:35, al; of prisoners released, Mat.5:26, Act.16:40; ptcp, ἐξελθών, with indic, of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20f.), Mat.8:32 15:21 24:1, Mrk.16:8, Luk.22:39, Act.12:9, 17 al. Metaphorical, (a) of persons: 2Co.6:17, 1Jn.2:19; of birth or origin, Mat.2:6 (LXX), Heb.7:5 (cf. Gen.35:11); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jhn.10:39; of public appearance, 1Jn.4:1; (b) of things: Mat.24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Rev.16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mat.9:26, Luk.4:14; ἀκοή, Mrk.1:28; λόγος, Jhn.21:23; δόγμα, Luk.2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐξέρχομαι
Transliteration:
exerchomai
Gloss:
to go out
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐξέρχομαι, future -ελεύσομαι (but in Attic dialect ἔξειμι (A) supplies the future, also imperfect ἐξῄειν): aorist 2 ἐξῆλθον, the only tense used in [Refs 8th c.BC+]:— go or come out of, with genitive loci, τείχεος, πυλάων, πόληος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. δωμάτων, χθονός, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of an actor, come out on the stage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, come forth, ἐ. καὶ ἀμῦναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] b) rarely with accusative, ἐξῆλθον τὴν Περσίδα χώραν [LXX+5th c.BC+] c) absolutely, march out, go forth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] d) of an accused person, withdraw from the country to avoid trial, opposed to φεύγω, [Refs 4th c.BC+] e) ἐ. ὑπηρέτης to be commissioned to carry out an order of the court, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.AD+] f) with accusative cognate, go out on an expedition, etc, ἐ. ἐξόδους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so παγκόνιτ᾽ ἐ. ἄεθλ᾽ ἀγώνων went through them, [Refs 5th c.BC+] g) with Preps, ἐ. ἐπὶ θήραν, ἐπὶ θεωρίαν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐ. pursue their advantages to the utmost, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τόδ᾽ ἐ. ἀνόσιον στόμα allow oneself to use these impious words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐ. εἴς τινας come out of one class into another, as εἰς τοὺς τελείους ἄνδρας, opposed to ἔφηβοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] h) of disease, pass off, ἢν ἐκ τοῦ ἄλλου σώματος ἡ νοῦσος ἐξεληλύθῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+] i) of offspring, issue from the womb, τὰ μὲν τετελειωμένα, τὰ δὲ ἀτελῆ ἐ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] i.2) ἐ. εἰς ἔλεγχον stand forth and come to the trial, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, stand forth, be proved to be, ἄλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; come forth (from the war), [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.3) with accusative of things, execute, ἃ ἂν. μὴ ἐξέλθωσιν (variant for{ἐπεξ-}) [Refs]; τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἔργου ἐξῆλθον (variant for{ἐπεξ-}) [Refs] i.4) absolutely, exceed all bounds, [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.5) with accusative of the instrument of motion, ἐ. οὐδὲ τὸν ἕτερον πόδα [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) of Time, come to an end, expire, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦ ἐξελθόντος μηνός [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) of magistrates, etc, go out of office, ἡ ἐξελθοῦσα βουλή Decrees cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) of prophecies, dreams, events, etc, to be accomplished, come true, ἐς τέλος ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξῆλθε (i.e. ἡ μῆνις) was satisfied, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατ᾽ ὀρθὸν ἐ. come out right, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, μὴ. Φοῐβος ἐξέλθη σαφής turn out a true prophet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) of words, proceed, παρά τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of goods, to be exported, [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
ἐξέρχομαι
Transliteration:
exérchomai
Pronounciation:
ex-er'-khom-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
from
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀπό
Greek:
ἀπὸ
Transliteration:
apo
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό (on the frequently neglect of elision bef. vowels, see Tdf, Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. with genitive (WM, 462ff; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, ib. 456f.), [in LXX for לְ,בְּ,מִן;] from (i.e. from the exterior). 1) Of separation and cessation; (1) of motion from a place: Mat.5:29, 30 7:23, Luk.5:2 22:41, al; (2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, see word; Bl, §40, 2), Mat.9:16 27:21, Jhn.21:10, Act.5:2, al; also after verbs of eating, etc; (3) of alienation (cl. genitive of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss, BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc; ἀνάθεμα ἀ, Rom.9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ, Col.2:20; σαλευθῆναι, 2Th.2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss, BS, 196, 216), Act.20:26, 2Co.7:1, Heb.9:14; (4) of position, Mat.23:34 24:31, al; after μακράν, Mat.8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jhn.10:18 21:8, Rev.14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); (5) of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc, Mat.9:22, Jhn.19:27, Act.20:18, Php.1:5, al; ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, Luk.1:70, al; ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, etc, Mat.19:4, Rom.1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, 2Ti.3:15; ἀφ᾽ ἧς, since, Luk.7:45, al; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Luk.1:48, al; ἀπὸ τότε, Mat.4:17, al; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, 2Co.8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Act.28:23; (6) of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mat.2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mat.1:17; ἐβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Act.8:10, Heb.8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mat.20:8, Jhn.8:9, Act.8:35, al. 2) Of origin; (1) of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227ff.), Mat.21:11, Mrk.15:43, Jhn.1:45, Act.10:38, al; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, §66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), Heb.13:24; (b) of membership in a community or society (BL, §40, 2), Act.12:1, al; (with) of material (= cl. genitive; Bl. l.with; M, Pr., 102), Mat.3:4 27:21; (d) after verbs of asking, seeking, etc, Luk.11:50, 51 1Th.2:6 (Milligan, in l.); (2) of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (frequently = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc; Bl, §40, 3), Mat.7:16 11:29, Luk.22:45, Act.2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, 1Co.11:23, Gal.3:2, al; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Luk.19:3 (cf. Jhn.21:6, Act.22:11); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mat.14:26, al. (cf. Mat.10:26 13:44). 3) Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 11. with; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִגֶּנֶב), Rev.21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου (מִפְּנֵי), 2Th.1:9 (Bl, §40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν (בְּלֵב), Mat.18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, §10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Rev.1:4. 4) In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. (ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, which see (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό, Aeolic dialect, Thess, [Refs 7th c.BC+], etc:—preposition usually with Gen. but see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Cf. Sanskrit A) ápa, Latin ab, Umbr. ap-ehtre 'ab extra', Gothic af, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] af, cef, of, etc.) Orig. sense, from. [ᾰπο?~X: where ἀπο ¯ is found in Epic dialect before see or liquids (as ἀπὸ ἕθεν[Refs 8th c.BC+] was sometimes written in later texts,[Refs] — ᾱ for the sake of meter in _Epic dialect_ compounds, such as ἀπονέεσθαι.] A.I) OF PLACE, the earliest, and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.1) of Motion, from, away from, ἐσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων[Refs 8th c.BC+]; pleonastic, ἀ. Τροίηθεν[LXX+8th c.BC+]; also ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος νέος ὤλεο, implying departure from life, [Refs]; opposed to ἐξ, of relatively superficial motion, λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς οὐδέν, οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; similarly of the cause or ground, ἐξ ὧν προηγώνισθε καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν εἰκάζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]:— frequently of warriors fighting from chariots, etc, οἱ μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων, οἱ δ᾽ ἀ. νηῶν. μάχοντο[Refs 8th c.BC+]; λαμπὰς ἔσται ἀφ᾽ ἵππων on horseback, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο. κατέσταζον γένυν, of tears, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) of Position, away from, far from, μένων ἀ. ἧς ἀλόχοιο[Refs 8th c.BC+] to live apart from a man or husband, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀπ᾽ οὔατος, far from sight or hearing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπεύδειν ἀ. ῥυτῆρος far from, i.e. without using the rein, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in measurement of distances, ὅσον ιέ στάδια ἀ. Φυλῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but later the numeral follows ἀ, πηγὰς ἔχων ἀ. μ σταδίων τῆς θαλάσσης[Refs 1st c.BC+]; κατεστρατοπέδευσεν ἀ. ν σταδίων fifty stades away, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.I.3) of the mind, ἀ. θυμοῦ away from, i. e. alien from, my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν ἀ. τρόπου not without reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀ. σκοποῦ, καιροῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in pregnant sense, with Verbs of rest, previous motion being implied (compare ἐκ), ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἐβόασεν. ἀ. πέτρας σταθείς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ.τῆς ἐμῆς κεφαλῆς τὴν [ἐκείνου] κεφαλὴν ἀναδήσω, i. e. taking the chaplet off my head, and placing it on his, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is more common, ἁψαμένη βρόχον ἀ. μελάθρου[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.5) with the Article, where the sense of motion often disappears, οἱ ἀ. τῶν οἰκιῶν φεύγουσιν, i.e. οἱ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις φεύγουσιν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. τῶν πύργων. ἐπαρήξουσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ ἵπποι αἱ ἀ. τοῦ ἅρματος variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) partitive, λαχὼν ἀ. ληΐδος αἶσαν part taken from the booty, a share of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.7) in Mathematics texts, of figures described upon a base, κῶνον ἀναγράφειν ἀ. κύκλου[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τὸ ἀ. τῆς AB τετράγωνον the square on AB, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἴδεα ἀ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.8) ἀ. ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικός man and woman, [LXX]; ἀ. ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦ [prev. work] LXX.Num.5.3. A.I.9) from being, instead of, ἀθανάταν ἀ. θνατᾶς. ἐποίησας Βερενίκαν[Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.10) privative, free from, without, ἀ. πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀ. ζημίας[Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II) OF TIME, from, after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] rising up from, i.e. after,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. δείπνου εἶναι or γενέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in narrative, τὸ ἀ. τούτου or το̄δε, from this point onwards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more often ἀπ᾽ or ἀφ᾽ οὗ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐθὺς ἀ. παλαιοῦ, ἀ. τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, of olden time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας from the beginning of evening, i.e. at eventide, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. πρώτου ὕπνου[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ἀγροῦ fresh from field-work, [NT+5th c.BC+]; χρονίζειν ἀ. τοῦ καιροῦ tarry beyond the time, [LXX]; ἀ. τέλους ἐννέα μηνῶν at the end of,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. ὑπατείας, = consulares, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; but ἀ. τινος the freedman of, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, CAUSE, etc: A.III.1) of that from which one is born, οὐ γὰρ ἀ. δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ᾽ ἀ. πέτρης not sprung from oak or rock, [Refs 8th c.BC+] immediate, descent, τοὺς μὲν ἀ. θεῶν, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρίτος ἀ. Διός third in descent from Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. γένους τινός his descendants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of the place one springs from, ἵπποι. ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.1.b) metaphorically of things, Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; θεῶν ἄπο μήδεα εἰδώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἀ. τῶν πολεμίων φόβος fear inspired by the enemy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.1.c) of persons, οἱ ἀ. τῆς χώρας, τῆς πόλεως, country folk, townsfolk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; and so of connexion with the founder or leader of a sect, οἱ ἀ. Πυθαγόρου[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. τοῦ περιπάτου, ἀ. τῆς Στοᾶς, etc, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] stage players, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὁ ἀφ᾽ ἑστίας παῖς, see at {ἑστί; ἀπ᾽ ἐξωμίδος} with only an ἐξωμίς, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.2) of the material from or of which a thing is made, εἵματα ἀ. ξύλου πεποιημένα[NT+5th c.BC+] of or weighing [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κρᾶσις ἀ. τε τῆς ἡδονῆς συγκεκραμένη καὶ ἀ. τῆς λύπης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, by an extension of this use, εἰδεχθής τις ἀ. τοῦ προσώπου ugly of countenance, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.3) of the instrument from or by which a thing is done, τοὺς. πέφνεν ἀπ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο by arrow shot from silver bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γυμνάζεσθαι ἀ. σκελῶν, χειρῶν, τραχήλου, [LXX+5th c.BC+] A.III.4) of the person from whom an act comes, i.e. by whom it is done, οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, τἀπὸ σοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in later Greek frequently of the direct agent, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; in codices this may sometimes be due to confusion with ὑπό, but[Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.5) of the source from which life, power, etc, are sustained, ζῆν ἀπ᾽ ὕλης ἀγρίης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. κτήνεων καὶ ἰχθύων[Refs 5th c.BC+]quaestum corpore facere, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.6) of the cause, means, or occasion from, by, or because of which a thing is done, ἀ. τούτου κριοπρόσωπον τὤγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῦσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τινος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, θαυμάζεσθαι, ὠφελεῖσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ πάθους in consequence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρόπαιον ἀ. τινος εἱστήκει on occasion of his defeat, [Refs]; τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾽ εὐτόλμου φρενός[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. δικαιοσύνης by reason of it (variant for{ὑπό}), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τῶν αὐτῶν λημμάτων on the same scale of profits, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; for ὅσον ἀ. βοῆς ἕνεκα, see at {ἕνεκα}: hence in half adverbial usages, ἀ. σπουδῆς in earnest, eagerly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦἴσου, ἀ. τῆς ἴσης, or ἀπ᾽ ἴσης, equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ εὐθέος straightforwardly, [Refs]; ἀ. τοῦ αὐτομάτου of free-will, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. γλώσσης by word of mouth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, from hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὄψεως at sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. χειρὸς λογίζεσθαι on your fingers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο in the public gaze, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀ. τῆς οὐσίας Canon Laws texts cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ from oneself, on one's own account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. συνθήματος, ἀ. παραγγέλματος, by agreement, by word of command, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. σάλπιγγος by sound of trumpet, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπίτροπος ἀ. τῶν λόγων, = Latin procurator a rationibus, Ann.epigram.[Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.7) of the object spoken of, τὰ ἀ. τῆς νήσου οἰκότα ἐστί the things told from or of the island, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ἀπὺ τᾷ ζᾷ[Refs] B.2) in later Greek ἀπό is found with accusative, [Refs 4th c.AD+] C) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequent with Verbs in tmesi, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), D.1) asunder, as ἀποκόπτω, ἀπολύω, ἀποτέμνω: and hence, away, off, as ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίν; denoting, remoual of an accusation, as ἀπολογέομαι, ἀποψηφίζομαι. D.2) finishing off, completing, ἀπεργάζομαι, ἀπανδρόω, ἀπανθρωπίζω, ἀπογλαυκόω. D.3) ceasing from, leaving off, as ἀπαλγέω, ἀποκηδεύω, ἀπολοφύρομαι, ἀποζέω, ἀπανθίζω, ἀφυβρίζω. D.4) back again, as ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπόπλους: also, in full, or what is one's own, as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμβάνω: frequently it only strengthens the sense of the simple. D.5) by way of abuse, as in ἀποκαλέω. D.6) almost ={ἀ-} privative; sometimes with Verbs, as ἀπαυδάω, ἀπαγορεύ; more frequently with Adjectives, as ἀποχρήματος, ἀπότιμος, ἀπόσιτος, ἀπόφονος. E) ἄπο, by anastrophe for ἀπό, when it follows its Noun, as ὀμμάτων ἄπο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; never in Prose. E.2) ἄπο for ἄπεστι, [Refs 7th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apó
Pronounciation:
apo'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
"off," i.e. away (from something near), in various senses (of place, time, or relation; literal or figurative); (X here-)after, ago, at, because of, before, by (the space of), for(-th), from, in, (out) of, off, (up-)on(-ce), since, with; a primary particle
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῆς
Transliteration:
tēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
city
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πόλις
Greek:
πόλεως
Transliteration:
poleōs
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πόλις
Transliteration:
polis
Gloss:
city
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
πόλις, -εως, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly and very frequently for עִיר;] a city: Mat.2:23, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:29, Jhn.4:8, al. mult; opposite to κῶμαι (κ. καὶ ἀγροί), Mat.9:35 10:11, Mrk.6:56, Luk.8:1 13:22; with nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Act.11:5 16:14; with id. in genitive appos. (BL, §35, 5), Act.8:5, 2Pe.2:6; genitive, of the region, Luk.1:26 4:31, Jhn.4:5; of the inhabitants, Mat.10:5, 23 Luk.23:51, Act.19:35, 2Co.11:32; with genitive of person(s), of one's residence or native place, Mat.22:7, Luk.2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jhn.1:45, Act.16:20, Rev.16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π, Mat.4:5 27:53, Rev.11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Rev.20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου, Mt 5 ̈35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Rev.3:12 21:2, 10 14ff. 22:14, 19. By meton, of the inhabitants of a city: Mat.8:34 12:25 21:10, Mrk.1:33, Act.14:21 21:30. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πόλις
Transliteration:
polis
Gloss:
city
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
πόλις, Epic dialect also πτόλις (found sometimes in Trag. etc, see at {πτόλις}), ἡ: Epic dialect forms, accusative singular πόληα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; genitive πόλιος or πτόλιος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] P.(scanned?~X?~X?~X ¯ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Ionic dialect forms, genitive πόλεως [Refs 6th c.BC+]; dative mostly πόλει, but πόλῑ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; accusative πόλῑς [Refs]: Doric dialect genitive singular πόλιος [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; dative singular πόλι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; dative plural πολίεσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολίεσσι Foed.Lac. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect πόλιθι [Refs]: Aeolic dialect genitive πόλιος [Refs 7th c.BC+] disyllable (as also in Comedy texts, except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Attic dialect dual πόλη [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—city, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἄκρη, ἀκροτάτη, ={ἀκρόπολις}, the citadel, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; which at Athens also was in early times called simply π, while the rest of the city was called ἄστυ, καλεῖται. ἡ ἀκρόπολις μέχρι τοῦδε ἔτι ὑπ᾽ Ἀθηναίων π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν πόλει in treaties, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so Ἰνάχου π. the citadel of Argos, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the Cadmea at Thebes, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of Alexandria, [Refs]; π. ἡ ἁγία, of Jerusalem, [LXX] the city of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in apposition, ἡ Μένδη π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) one's city or country, πόθι τοι π. ἠδὲ τοκῆε; [Refs 8th c.BC+] 3) ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως city governor, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; στρατηγὸς πόλεως [Refs 1st c.BC+]; στρατηγὸς κατὰ πόλιν, = Latin praetor urbanus, [Refs 1st c.BC+] II) country, as dependent on and called after its city, ἀνθρώπων οἳ τήνδε π. καὶ γαῖαν ἔχουσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially of islands peopled by men, Αῆμνον π. Θόαντος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. Αἴαντος, ={Σαλαμίς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) community or body of citizens (opposed to ἄστυ, their dwellings, [Refs 8th c.BC+] denotes the town), ὧν π. ἀνάριθμος ὄλλυται [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) state or community, ξύμπασα π. κακοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀπηύρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially free state, republic, [Refs 5th c.BC+]state affairs, government, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν π. φεύγειν shun one's public duties, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; assembly of citizens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) rights of citizenship, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) πόλιν παίζειν, a game resembling backgammon, [Refs 5th c.BC+], perhaps alluded to in [Refs 5th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit pūr, Lithuanian pilìs 'fortrees'.)
Strongs
Word:
πόλις
Transliteration:
pólis
Pronounciation:
pol'-is
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
that
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐκεῖνος
Greek:
ἐκείνης
Transliteration:
ekeinēs
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Demonstrative pronoun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a reference to SPECIFIC a female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐκεῖνος
Transliteration:
ekeinos
Gloss:
that
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (ἐκεῖ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ille), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος (hic); 1) absol, emphatic he, she, it: opposite to οὗτος, Luk.18:14, Jas.4:15; ἡμεῖς, Heb.12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mrk.4:11; ἄλλοι, Jhn.9:9; ἐγώ, Jhn.3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[10, 13, 20], Jhn.2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jhn.7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, 1Jo.2:6 3:3, al; referring to a preceding noun, Mrk.16:[10], Jhn.7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jhn.1:33 9:37 10:1, Rom.14:14, al. (on its reference in Jhn.19:35, see Westc, in l; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). 2) As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mat.7:25, Mrk.3:24, Jhn.18:15, al; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ, Mat.3:1, Mrk.1:9, Act.2:18 " (LXX), al; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mat.7:22, Luk.6:23, 2Th.1:10, 2Ti.1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl, §36, 13), that way, Luk.19:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐκεῖνος
Transliteration:
ekeinos
Gloss:
that
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also κεῖνος (regular in Epic dialect, Ionic dialect (as [Refs 5th c.BC+] only where the metre requires,[Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but not in Attic dialect Prose, and in Comedy texts only in mock Trag. passages): Aeolic dialect κῆνος [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Doric dialect τῆνος [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: in Comedy texts, strengthened ἐκεινοσί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκεινοσίν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: (ἐκεῖ):—demonstrative pronoun the person there, that person or thing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, properly belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] sometimes = the latter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἆρ᾽ οὗτός ἐστ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὅν; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also joined as if one pronoun, τοῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνο.δέρκομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, à propos, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 2) to denote wellknown persons, etc, κεῖνος μέγας θεός [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2.b) ἐκεῖνα the ideal world, [Refs] 3) for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, ={ὁ δεῖνα}, so-and-so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3.b) in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου [Refs] 4) with simple demonstrative force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) in indirect speech where properly the reflexive pronoun αὑτοῦ would stand, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6) after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleonastic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 7) in Aeolic dialect and Attic dialect the substantive with ἐκεῖνος properly has the Article (κῆνος ὤνηρ [Refs 7th c.BC+] may precede or follow the substantive, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ, τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the substantive, ἡμέρας ἐκείνης [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) adverb ἐκείνως in that case, [Refs]; in that way, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Ionic dialect κείνως [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) dative feminine ἐκείνῃ as adverb, III.1) of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κείνῃ (i.e. ὁδῷ) [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) of Manner, in that manner, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) with Preps, ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα in that region, [Refs 5th c.BC+]afterwards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ἐπέκεινα.
Strongs
Word:
ἐκεῖνος
Transliteration:
ekeînos
Pronounciation:
ek-i'-nos
Language:
Greek
Definition:
that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed; he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those; from g1563 (ἐκεῖ)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=k] Minor not translated from KJV sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸν
Transliteration:
ton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
dust
Strongs:
Lexicon:
κονιορτός
Greek:
κονιορτὸν
Transliteration:
koniorton
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
κονιορτός
Transliteration:
koniortos
Gloss:
dust
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
κονιορτός, -οῦ, ὁ (κόνις or κονία, dust, ὄρνυμι, to stir up), [in LXX for אָבָק, etc;] in cl, dust stirred up (Exo.9:9, Isa.5:24); in NT, simply dust: Mat.10:14, Luk.9:5 10:11, Act.13:51 22:23. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
κονιορτός
Transliteration:
koniortos
Gloss:
dust
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
κονῐορτ-ός, ὁ, (κόνις, ὄρνυμι) dust raised or stirred up, cloud of dust, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τῆς ὕλης νεωστὶ κεκαυμένης, i.e. a cloud of woodashes,[Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) generally, dirt, sweepings, σαρώματα. σὺν τῷ κ. Wilcken [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II) metaphorically, dirty fellow, χαίρει τις αὐχμῶν ἢ ῥυπῶν, κ. ἀναπέφηνεν [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
κονιορτός
Transliteration:
koniortós
Pronounciation:
kon-ee-or-tos'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
pulverulence (as blown about); dust; from the base of g2867 (κονιάω) and ornumi (to "rouse")
from
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀπό
Greek:
ἀπὸ
Transliteration:
apo
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό (on the frequently neglect of elision bef. vowels, see Tdf, Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. with genitive (WM, 462ff; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, ib. 456f.), [in LXX for לְ,בְּ,מִן;] from (i.e. from the exterior). 1) Of separation and cessation; (1) of motion from a place: Mat.5:29, 30 7:23, Luk.5:2 22:41, al; (2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, see word; Bl, §40, 2), Mat.9:16 27:21, Jhn.21:10, Act.5:2, al; also after verbs of eating, etc; (3) of alienation (cl. genitive of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss, BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc; ἀνάθεμα ἀ, Rom.9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ, Col.2:20; σαλευθῆναι, 2Th.2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss, BS, 196, 216), Act.20:26, 2Co.7:1, Heb.9:14; (4) of position, Mat.23:34 24:31, al; after μακράν, Mat.8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jhn.10:18 21:8, Rev.14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); (5) of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc, Mat.9:22, Jhn.19:27, Act.20:18, Php.1:5, al; ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, Luk.1:70, al; ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, etc, Mat.19:4, Rom.1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, 2Ti.3:15; ἀφ᾽ ἧς, since, Luk.7:45, al; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Luk.1:48, al; ἀπὸ τότε, Mat.4:17, al; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, 2Co.8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Act.28:23; (6) of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mat.2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mat.1:17; ἐβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Act.8:10, Heb.8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mat.20:8, Jhn.8:9, Act.8:35, al. 2) Of origin; (1) of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227ff.), Mat.21:11, Mrk.15:43, Jhn.1:45, Act.10:38, al; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, §66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), Heb.13:24; (b) of membership in a community or society (BL, §40, 2), Act.12:1, al; (with) of material (= cl. genitive; Bl. l.with; M, Pr., 102), Mat.3:4 27:21; (d) after verbs of asking, seeking, etc, Luk.11:50, 51 1Th.2:6 (Milligan, in l.); (2) of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (frequently = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc; Bl, §40, 3), Mat.7:16 11:29, Luk.22:45, Act.2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, 1Co.11:23, Gal.3:2, al; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Luk.19:3 (cf. Jhn.21:6, Act.22:11); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mat.14:26, al. (cf. Mat.10:26 13:44). 3) Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 11. with; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִגֶּנֶב), Rev.21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου (מִפְּנֵי), 2Th.1:9 (Bl, §40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν (בְּלֵב), Mat.18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, §10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Rev.1:4. 4) In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. (ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, which see (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό, Aeolic dialect, Thess, [Refs 7th c.BC+], etc:—preposition usually with Gen. but see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Cf. Sanskrit A) ápa, Latin ab, Umbr. ap-ehtre 'ab extra', Gothic af, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] af, cef, of, etc.) Orig. sense, from. [ᾰπο?~X: where ἀπο ¯ is found in Epic dialect before see or liquids (as ἀπὸ ἕθεν[Refs 8th c.BC+] was sometimes written in later texts,[Refs] — ᾱ for the sake of meter in _Epic dialect_ compounds, such as ἀπονέεσθαι.] A.I) OF PLACE, the earliest, and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.1) of Motion, from, away from, ἐσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων[Refs 8th c.BC+]; pleonastic, ἀ. Τροίηθεν[LXX+8th c.BC+]; also ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος νέος ὤλεο, implying departure from life, [Refs]; opposed to ἐξ, of relatively superficial motion, λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς οὐδέν, οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; similarly of the cause or ground, ἐξ ὧν προηγώνισθε καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν εἰκάζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]:— frequently of warriors fighting from chariots, etc, οἱ μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων, οἱ δ᾽ ἀ. νηῶν. μάχοντο[Refs 8th c.BC+]; λαμπὰς ἔσται ἀφ᾽ ἵππων on horseback, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο. κατέσταζον γένυν, of tears, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) of Position, away from, far from, μένων ἀ. ἧς ἀλόχοιο[Refs 8th c.BC+] to live apart from a man or husband, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀπ᾽ οὔατος, far from sight or hearing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπεύδειν ἀ. ῥυτῆρος far from, i.e. without using the rein, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in measurement of distances, ὅσον ιέ στάδια ἀ. Φυλῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but later the numeral follows ἀ, πηγὰς ἔχων ἀ. μ σταδίων τῆς θαλάσσης[Refs 1st c.BC+]; κατεστρατοπέδευσεν ἀ. ν σταδίων fifty stades away, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.I.3) of the mind, ἀ. θυμοῦ away from, i. e. alien from, my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν ἀ. τρόπου not without reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀ. σκοποῦ, καιροῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in pregnant sense, with Verbs of rest, previous motion being implied (compare ἐκ), ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἐβόασεν. ἀ. πέτρας σταθείς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ.τῆς ἐμῆς κεφαλῆς τὴν [ἐκείνου] κεφαλὴν ἀναδήσω, i. e. taking the chaplet off my head, and placing it on his, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is more common, ἁψαμένη βρόχον ἀ. μελάθρου[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.5) with the Article, where the sense of motion often disappears, οἱ ἀ. τῶν οἰκιῶν φεύγουσιν, i.e. οἱ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις φεύγουσιν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. τῶν πύργων. ἐπαρήξουσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ ἵπποι αἱ ἀ. τοῦ ἅρματος variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) partitive, λαχὼν ἀ. ληΐδος αἶσαν part taken from the booty, a share of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.7) in Mathematics texts, of figures described upon a base, κῶνον ἀναγράφειν ἀ. κύκλου[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τὸ ἀ. τῆς AB τετράγωνον the square on AB, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἴδεα ἀ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.8) ἀ. ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικός man and woman, [LXX]; ἀ. ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦ [prev. work] LXX.Num.5.3. A.I.9) from being, instead of, ἀθανάταν ἀ. θνατᾶς. ἐποίησας Βερενίκαν[Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.10) privative, free from, without, ἀ. πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀ. ζημίας[Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II) OF TIME, from, after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] rising up from, i.e. after,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. δείπνου εἶναι or γενέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in narrative, τὸ ἀ. τούτου or το̄δε, from this point onwards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more often ἀπ᾽ or ἀφ᾽ οὗ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐθὺς ἀ. παλαιοῦ, ἀ. τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, of olden time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας from the beginning of evening, i.e. at eventide, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. πρώτου ὕπνου[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ἀγροῦ fresh from field-work, [NT+5th c.BC+]; χρονίζειν ἀ. τοῦ καιροῦ tarry beyond the time, [LXX]; ἀ. τέλους ἐννέα μηνῶν at the end of,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. ὑπατείας, = consulares, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; but ἀ. τινος the freedman of, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, CAUSE, etc: A.III.1) of that from which one is born, οὐ γὰρ ἀ. δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ᾽ ἀ. πέτρης not sprung from oak or rock, [Refs 8th c.BC+] immediate, descent, τοὺς μὲν ἀ. θεῶν, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρίτος ἀ. Διός third in descent from Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. γένους τινός his descendants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of the place one springs from, ἵπποι. ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.1.b) metaphorically of things, Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; θεῶν ἄπο μήδεα εἰδώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἀ. τῶν πολεμίων φόβος fear inspired by the enemy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.1.c) of persons, οἱ ἀ. τῆς χώρας, τῆς πόλεως, country folk, townsfolk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; and so of connexion with the founder or leader of a sect, οἱ ἀ. Πυθαγόρου[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. τοῦ περιπάτου, ἀ. τῆς Στοᾶς, etc, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] stage players, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὁ ἀφ᾽ ἑστίας παῖς, see at {ἑστί; ἀπ᾽ ἐξωμίδος} with only an ἐξωμίς, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.2) of the material from or of which a thing is made, εἵματα ἀ. ξύλου πεποιημένα[NT+5th c.BC+] of or weighing [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κρᾶσις ἀ. τε τῆς ἡδονῆς συγκεκραμένη καὶ ἀ. τῆς λύπης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, by an extension of this use, εἰδεχθής τις ἀ. τοῦ προσώπου ugly of countenance, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.3) of the instrument from or by which a thing is done, τοὺς. πέφνεν ἀπ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο by arrow shot from silver bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γυμνάζεσθαι ἀ. σκελῶν, χειρῶν, τραχήλου, [LXX+5th c.BC+] A.III.4) of the person from whom an act comes, i.e. by whom it is done, οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, τἀπὸ σοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in later Greek frequently of the direct agent, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; in codices this may sometimes be due to confusion with ὑπό, but[Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.5) of the source from which life, power, etc, are sustained, ζῆν ἀπ᾽ ὕλης ἀγρίης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. κτήνεων καὶ ἰχθύων[Refs 5th c.BC+]quaestum corpore facere, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.6) of the cause, means, or occasion from, by, or because of which a thing is done, ἀ. τούτου κριοπρόσωπον τὤγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῦσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τινος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, θαυμάζεσθαι, ὠφελεῖσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ πάθους in consequence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρόπαιον ἀ. τινος εἱστήκει on occasion of his defeat, [Refs]; τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾽ εὐτόλμου φρενός[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. δικαιοσύνης by reason of it (variant for{ὑπό}), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τῶν αὐτῶν λημμάτων on the same scale of profits, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; for ὅσον ἀ. βοῆς ἕνεκα, see at {ἕνεκα}: hence in half adverbial usages, ἀ. σπουδῆς in earnest, eagerly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦἴσου, ἀ. τῆς ἴσης, or ἀπ᾽ ἴσης, equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ εὐθέος straightforwardly, [Refs]; ἀ. τοῦ αὐτομάτου of free-will, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. γλώσσης by word of mouth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, from hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὄψεως at sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. χειρὸς λογίζεσθαι on your fingers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο in the public gaze, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀ. τῆς οὐσίας Canon Laws texts cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ from oneself, on one's own account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. συνθήματος, ἀ. παραγγέλματος, by agreement, by word of command, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. σάλπιγγος by sound of trumpet, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπίτροπος ἀ. τῶν λόγων, = Latin procurator a rationibus, Ann.epigram.[Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.7) of the object spoken of, τὰ ἀ. τῆς νήσου οἰκότα ἐστί the things told from or of the island, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ἀπὺ τᾷ ζᾷ[Refs] B.2) in later Greek ἀπό is found with accusative, [Refs 4th c.AD+] C) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequent with Verbs in tmesi, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), D.1) asunder, as ἀποκόπτω, ἀπολύω, ἀποτέμνω: and hence, away, off, as ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίν; denoting, remoual of an accusation, as ἀπολογέομαι, ἀποψηφίζομαι. D.2) finishing off, completing, ἀπεργάζομαι, ἀπανδρόω, ἀπανθρωπίζω, ἀπογλαυκόω. D.3) ceasing from, leaving off, as ἀπαλγέω, ἀποκηδεύω, ἀπολοφύρομαι, ἀποζέω, ἀπανθίζω, ἀφυβρίζω. D.4) back again, as ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπόπλους: also, in full, or what is one's own, as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμβάνω: frequently it only strengthens the sense of the simple. D.5) by way of abuse, as in ἀποκαλέω. D.6) almost ={ἀ-} privative; sometimes with Verbs, as ἀπαυδάω, ἀπαγορεύ; more frequently with Adjectives, as ἀποχρήματος, ἀπότιμος, ἀπόσιτος, ἀπόφονος. E) ἄπο, by anastrophe for ἀπό, when it follows its Noun, as ὀμμάτων ἄπο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; never in Prose. E.2) ἄπο for ἄπεστι, [Refs 7th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apó
Pronounciation:
apo'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
"off," i.e. away (from something near), in various senses (of place, time, or relation; literal or figurative); (X here-)after, ago, at, because of, before, by (the space of), for(-th), from, in, (out) of, off, (up-)on(-ce), since, with; a primary particle
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῶν
Transliteration:
tōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
SPECIFIC male people or things that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
feet
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πούς
Greek:
ποδῶν
Transliteration:
podōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
foot
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πούς
Transliteration:
pous
Gloss:
foot
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
πούς, ποδός, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;] a foot, both of men and beasts: Mat.4:6 (LXX), Mrk.9:45, Luk.1:79, Jhn.11:44, Act.7:5, al; ὑπο τοὺς π, Rom.16:20, 1Co.15:25 15:27 Eph.1:22, Heb.2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π, Mat.22:44 (LXX); πρὸς (παρὰ) τοὺς π, Mrk.5:22, Luk.8:41, al; figuratively, Mat.15:30, Luk.10:39, Act.5:2, al; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν π, Rev.3:9 19:10, al; ἐπὶ τοὺς π, Act.10:25. By meton, of a person in motion (Psa.119:101): Luk.1:79, Act.5:9, Rom.3:15 10:15, Heb.12:13 (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πούς
Transliteration:
pous
Gloss:
foot
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
πούς, ὁ, ποδός, ποδί, πόδα (not ποῦν, Thom.Mag.p.257 R.): dative plural ποσί, Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ποσσί (also [Refs 5th c.BC+] once πόδεσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] Epic dialect ποδοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Doric dialect nominative πός (compare ἀρτίπος, πούλυπος, etc.) [Refs], but πούς [Refs]; πῶς· πός, ὑπὸ Δωριέων, [Refs 5th c.AD+] (perhaps πός· πούς, ὑ.Δ.); Laconian dialect πόρ, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—foot, both of men and beasts, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in plural, also, a bird's talons, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; arms or feelers of a polypus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: properly the foot from the ankle down wards, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξύλινος π, of an artificial foot, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but also of the leg with the foot, as χείρ for the arm and hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) foot as that with which one runs, πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεύς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently with reference to swiftness, περιγιγνόμεθ᾽ ἄλλων πύξ τε. ἠδὲ πόδεσσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποσὶν ἐρίζειν to race on foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποδῶν τιμά, αἴγλα, ἀρετά, ὁρμά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ποσσί, πόδεσσι) is added to many Verbs denoting motion, π. βήσετο, παρέδραμον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also emphatically with Verbs denoting to trample or tread upon, πόσσι καταστείβοισι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; πόδα βαίνειν, see at {βαίνω} [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πόδα τιθέναι to journey, [Refs 5th c.BC+] started on its homeward way, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χειρῶν ἔκβαλλον ὀρείους πόδας ναός, i. e. oars, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φωνὴ τῶν π. τοῦ ὑετοῦ sound of the pattering of rain, [LXX] 3) as a point of measurement, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 4) πρόσθε ποδός or ποδῶν, προπάροιθε ποδῶν, just before one, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 4.b) παρά or πὰρ ποδός off-hand, at once, ἀνελέσθαι πὰρ ποδός [Refs 6th c.BC+]close at hand, [Refs]; but παραὶ ποσὶ κάππεσε θυμός sank to their feet, [Refs 8th c.BC+]in a moment, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; close behind, Νέμεσις δέ γε πὰρ πόδας (to be read πόδα) βαίνει Prov. cited in [Refs]; also παρὰ πόδας immediately afterwards [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ παρὰ πόδας at his very feet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4.c) ἐν ποσί in one's way, close at hand, τὸν ἐν π. γινόμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]everyday matters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4.d) τὸ πρὸς ποσί, ={τὸ ἐν ποσί}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4.e) all these phrases are opposed to ἐκ ποδῶν out of the way, far off, written ἐκποδών [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) to denote close pursuit, ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι follow in the track, i.e. close behind, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] 5.b) in earlier writers κατὰ πόδας on the heels of a person, [LXX+5th c.BC+]on the moment, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ κατὰ πόδας ἡμέρα the very next day, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] catch it running, [Refs 5th c.BC+] march, come close at his heels, on his track, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῇ κατὰ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας on the day immediately after it, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] 6) various phrases: 6.a) ἀνὰ πόδα backwards, [Refs 5th c.AD+] 6.b) ἐπὶ πόδα backwards facing the enemy, ἐπὶ π. ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀνάγειν, ἀναχάζεσθαι, to retire without turning to fly, leisurely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but γίνεται ἡ ἔξοδος οἷον ἐπὶ πόδας the offspring is as it were born feetforemost, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 6.c) περὶ πόδα, properly of a shoe, round the foot, i.e. fitting exactly, ὡς ἔστι μοι τὸ χρῆμα τοῦτο περὶ πόδα [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6.d) ὡς ποδῶνἔχει as he is off for feet, i. e. as quick as he can, ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον [τάχιστα] ἐβοήθεον [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6.e) ἔξω τινὸς πόδα ἔχειν keep one's foot out of a thing, i. e. be clear of it, ἔξω κομίζων πηλοῦ πόδα [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6.f) ἀμφοῖν ποδοῖν, etc, to denote energetic action, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τερπωλῆς ἐπέβημεν ὅλῳ ποδί with all the foot, i.e. entirely, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6.g) τὴν ὑπὸ πόδα [κατάστασιν] just below them, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὑπὸ πόδας τίθεσθαι trample under foot, scorn, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ὑπὸ πόδα those next below them (in rank), [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὑπὸ πόδα χωρεῖν recede, decline, of strength, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] middle cited in [Refs 4th c.AD+] 6.h) for ὀρθῷ ποδί, see at {ὀρθός} [Refs] 6.k) ἁλιεῖς ἀπὸ ποδός probably fishermen who fish from the land, not from boats, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ποτίσαι ἀπὸ ποδός perhaps irrigate by the feet (of oxen turning the irrigation-wheel), [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τόπον. ἀπὸ ποδὸς ἐξηρτισμένον uncertain meaning in [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 1) ἀγγεῖον. τρήματα ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ ποδὸς ἔχον round the bottom, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 7) πούς τινος, as periphrastic for a person as coming, etc, σὺν πατρὸς μολὼν ποδί, i.e. σὺν πατρί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός, i.e. μόνος ὤν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ἡσύχου π, i.e. οἱ ἡσύχως ζῶντες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) metaphorically, of things, foot, lowest part, especially foot of a hill, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a table, couch, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare πέζ; of the side strokes at the foot of the letter Ω, Callias cited in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ={ποδεών}[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) in a ship, πόδες are the two lower corners of the sail, or the ropes fastened therelo, by which the sails are tightened or slackened, sheets [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χαλᾶν πόδα ease off the sheet, as is done when a squall is coming, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦ ποδὸς παρίει let go hold of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκπετάσουσι πόδα ναός (with reference to the sail), [Refs 5th c.BC+] haul it tight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐνταθεῖσα ποδί a ship with her sheet close hauled, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2.b) perhaps of the rudder or steering-paddle, αἰεὶ γὰρ πόδα νηὸς ἐνώμων [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) a foot, as a measure of length, = [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) foot in Prosody, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of a metrical phrase or passage, ἔκμετρα καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν π. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of a long passage declaimed in one breath, κήρυκες ὅταν τὸν καλούμενον πόδα μέλλωσιν ἐρεῖν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) boundary stone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]. (Cf. Latin pes, Gothic fotus, etc. 'foot'; related to πέδον as noted by [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πούς
Transliteration:
poús
Pronounciation:
pooce
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a "foot" (figuratively or literally); foot(-stool); a primary word
of you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμῶν
Transliteration:
humōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Genitive Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
your
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
do shake off
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀποτινάσσω
Greek:
ἀποτινάσσετε
Transliteration:
apotinassete
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to shake off
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Imperative 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly happens - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=N(k)O] Identical in Nestlé-Aland and other sources, minor variants in KJV sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀποτινάσσω
Transliteration:
apotinassō
Gloss:
to shake off
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀπο-τινάσσω [in LXX: Jdg.16:20 A (נָעַר ni.), 1Ki.10:2 (נָטַשׁ), La 2:7 (נָאַר pi.) *;] to shake of: Luk.9:5, Act.28:5. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀποτινάσσω
Transliteration:
apotinassō
Gloss:
to shake off
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀποτιν-άσσω [ῐ], shake off, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, ἀποτινάξασθαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀποτετίνακται τὸ ῥῆμα τῶν ὄνων has got rid of it, [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
ἀποτινάσσω
Transliteration:
apotinássō
Pronounciation:
ap-ot-in-as'-so
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to brush off; shake off; from g575 (ἀπό) and (to jostle)
as
Strongs:
Greek:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
εἰς, prep. with accusative, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative). I. Of place. 1) After verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al; (with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al; (d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14; (e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ, Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. 2) Of direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al; (b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al. 3) After verbs of rest; (a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl; see WM, 516; Bl, §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al; (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl, M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al. II. Of time, for, unto; 1) accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ, Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al. 2) Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23. IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl, but more frequently in late Gk, εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss, BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1. V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl, §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: I) OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν [Refs]; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, [Refs], etc; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), [Refs], etc; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, [Refs]; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε [LXX+1st c.BC+]: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) elliptical usages, I.4.a) after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.c) with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, [Refs]; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a rich man's house, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) OF TIME, II.1) to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, [Refs]towards or near sunset,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] against the time when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς πότ; until when? how long? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ until, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; within the year,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, [Refs]; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τέλος at last, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] at that time (in the future), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. III) to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, [Refs 4th c.BC+] thrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of round numbers, about, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, [LXX] III.4) IV) to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.b) of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. IV.2) in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc, see at {τελέω}. IV.3) of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, [Refs]; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς, to end in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη [LXX]; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην [LXX+NT] V.2) of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of expenditure on an object, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην [Refs 8th c.BC+] put after its case, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Pronounciation:
ice
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases; (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with; a primary preposition
a testimony
Strongs:
Greek:
μαρτύριον
Transliteration:
marturion
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
testimony
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a neuter PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μαρτύριον
Transliteration:
marturion
Gloss:
testimony
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
μαρτύριον, -ου, τό (μάρτυρ) [in LXX chiefly for מוֹעֵד, also for עֵדָה, עֵדוּת and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt, Thuc, al.): with genitive subj, 2Co.1:12, 2Th.1:10; with genitive obj, Act.4:33, 1Co.1:6 2:1 (WH, txt, R, txt, μυστήριον; 2Ti.1:8; εἰς μ, Mat.8:4 10:18 Mat.24:14, Mrk.1:44 6:11 13:9, Luk.5:14 9:5 21:13, Heb.3:5, Jas.5:3; τὸ μ. καιροῖς ἰδίοις (CGT, in l), 1Ti.2:6; ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μ. (LXX for מוֹעֵד אֹהֶל), Act.7:44, Rev.15:5. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μαρτύριον
Transliteration:
marturion
Gloss:
testimony
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
μαρτύριον [ῠ], τό, testimony, proof, πρῶτον καὶ μέγιστον μ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μαρτύριον δέ, followed by γάρ, here is a proof, namely, [Refs], etc; μέγα τόδε μ. γάρ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) τὰ μ. the tables of the Decalogue, [LXX] III) shrine of a martyr, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μαρτύριον
Transliteration:
martýrion
Pronounciation:
mar-too'-ree-on
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Neuter
Definition:
something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle); to be testified, testimony, witness; neuter of a presumed derivative of g3144 (μάρτυς)
against
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐπί
Greek:
ἐπ᾽
Transliteration:
ep᾽
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ᾽, before a rough breathing ἐφ᾽), prep. with genitive, dative, accusative (accusative most frequently in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. genitive, 1) of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mat.6:10, 19, al; τ. κεφαλῆς, 1Co.11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mat.24:3 o, al; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mrk.4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, Heb.6:7, al; figuratively, ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας (MM, see word ἀ.); of the subject of thought or speech, Gal.3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Rom.9:5: τ. γάζης, Act.8:27; ἐξουσία, Rev.2:26 20:6; (b) of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jhn.6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mat.21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mrk.12:26 (see Swete, in l.); with genitive of person(s), in the presence of, before, Mat.28:14, Act.23:30, 1Co.6:1, al. 2) Of time, (a) with genitive of person(s), in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Luk.4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Act.11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mrk.2:26; (b) with genitive of thing(s), at, at the time of: Mat.1:11, Heb.1:2, 2Pe.3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Rom.1:10, Eph.1:16, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4. II. C. dative, of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit, on, upon: Mat.9:16, 14:8, al; after verbs of motion (see supr, I, 1, (a)), Mat.9:16 Act.8:16; above, Luk.23:38; at, by, Mrk.13:29, Jhn.5:2, Act.5:9, al; (b) metaphorically, upon, on the ground of, Luk.4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mrk.6:52 (see Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Act.5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl, §38, 2; 43, 3), Mat.18:3 19:9, Rom.12:12, al; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Rom.5:12 2Co.5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mat.18:13, Rom.16:19, al; of a condition (cl.), Rom.8:20, 1Co.9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (see Westc. on Heb.9:10), Heb.10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph.2:10, Php.4:10; of authority, over, Mat.24:47 Luk.12:44; of hostility, with dative of person(s) (cl.), against, Luk.12:52; in addition to (cl.), 2Co.7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Php.1:3 2:17. III. C. accusative, 1) of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? (a) lit, upon, over: Mat.14:28, 29, Luk.5:19, al. mult; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as with genitive, dative), Mrk.4:38 11:2, Luk.2:25, Jhn.1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Act.1:15 2:1, al; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mrk.16:2, Act.8:36, al; (b) metaphorically (in wh. "the accusative is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl, §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc, coming upon one, with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:13 12:28, Act.2:17, Jhn.18:4, Eph.5:6, al; of addition (dative in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Php.2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (see: ἐπικαλέω), Act.15:17, Jas.2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Luk.1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ.), thrice, Act.10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Act.4:17 2Ti.2:16 3:9 (see also infr, 2, (a)); ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (see infr, ib.), forasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45, Rom.11:13; of power, authority, control, Luk.1:33, Act.7:10 Rom.5:14, Heb.3:6, al; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Luk.1:17 23:28, Act.9:35, 42, Rom.11:22, Gal.4:9, Eph.2:7, 1Ti.5:5, al; of purpose, for, Mat.3:7, Luk.23:48; ἐφ᾽ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, Mat.26:50; of hostility, against, Mat.24:7, Mrk.3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Luk.9:5, Jhn.13:18, Act.7:54, 1Co.7:36, 2Co.1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dative), Mrk.9:12 15:24, Jhn.19:24, Rom.4:9. 2) Of time, (a) during, for: Luk.4:25 (WH, txt, omits ἐπί), Act.13:31 16:18, Heb.11:30, al; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mrk.9:15 Rom.7:1, al. (for ἐφ᾽ ὅ in another sense, see supr, 1, (b)); ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν (see: ἱ), Act.20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (see supr, 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Act.20:9 24:4; (b) on, about, towards (cl. εἰς): Luk.10:35 Act.3:1 4:5. IV. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ὠπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ὠπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ) [Refs 3rd c.BC+], to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point. A) WITH GEN: A.I) of Place, A.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, upon, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ᾽ ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (i.e. σταθέντα) [Refs]; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων on our chariot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] walk on tiptoe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, [Refs]; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but most frequently, in, rarely in [Refs 8th c.BC+] in the country. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (i.e. χώρας) remain in statu quo, Indut. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later of towns, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; sometimes also, at or near, ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων (i.e. τῶν πηγῶν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, [Refs] the Thrace-ward region, [Refs 5th c.BC+] on, i.e. near which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] at the money-changers' tables, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the passage concerning the bush, [NT] A.I.2) in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, [Refs 5th c.BC+] abide by it, [Refs 4th c.BC+] to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). A.I.2.b) of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ᾽ ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, [Refs 5th c.BC+] dependent upon an attendant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.c) with the personal and reflexive pronoun, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later mostly with 3rd pers., ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, [Refs 6th c.BC+] considering their own interest only, th.[Refs] A.I.2.d) with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.e. in a long thin line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of the length of the line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, see below c.[Refs] is formed in column, [Refs 5th c.BC+] eight bricks wide, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.e) with genitive person, before, in presence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, before a magistrate or official, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is falsa lectio in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2.f) with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc, in the case of, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, [Refs 6th c.BC+]. A.I.3) implying Motion: A.I.3.a) where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς. ἐπ᾽ ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]. A.I.3.b) in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (compare [Refs 5th c.BC+] drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, compare22.45; [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (variant); frequently of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, [Refs 8th c.BC+] homewards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, [Refs] the road leading to [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3.c) metaphorically, ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, [Refs 6th c.BC+] A.II) of Time, in the time of, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐμεῦ in my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης in time of peace, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρης ἑκάστης variant for{-ῃ -τῃ} in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III) in various causal senses: A.III.1) over, of persons in authority, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Latin ab epistulis, his secretary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]. A.III.3) of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in. [NT+4th c.BC+] equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων at the last, [LXX] for the present, [Refs] A.III.4) in respect of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; concerning, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B) WITH DAT: B.I) of Place, upon, just like the genitive (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dative is more frequently): B.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (i.e. βωμοῖς) [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ἵππῳ, ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, at or near, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of rivers, etc, by, beside, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) on or over, ἐπ᾽ Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, over or in honour of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) in hostile sense, against, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; as a check upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, towards, in reference to, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the ills which lie upon thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] make a law for his case, whether for or against, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d). of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ᾽ ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.e). in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] besides, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; so of Numerals, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; νέκταρ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; especially of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον [Refs 6th c.BC+]: metaphorically, ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ᾽ ἄ; ἐ. βαλλαντί; [Refs] live on turnips, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.I.1.f). of position, after,behind, of soldiers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.g). in dependence upon, in the power of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, as far as is in my power, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, [Refs] B.I.1.h). according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). B.I.1.i). of condition or circumstances in which one is, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, see at {αὐτόφωρος}; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). B.I.1.k). Geometry texts, of the point, etc, at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ᾽ ᾧ K Hippocr. cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2). with Verbs of Motion: B.I.2.a). where the sense of motion merges in that of support, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. [Refs]; δυσφόρους ἐπ᾽ ὄμμασι γνώμας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. B.I.2.b). in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦλθε δ᾽ [Refs]. B.I.2.c). rarely for εἰς c.accusative, [Refs]. B.I.2.d). in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Teos, 5th c.BC). B.II). of Time, rarely, and never in good Attic dialect, except in sense of succession (below 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for to-day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.2). of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα [Refs] Latin re peracta, [Refs 5th c.BC+], τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Latin quod superest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry), etc. B.II.3). in the time of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III). in various causal senses: B.III.1). of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ for her, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for thee, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also ἐφ᾽ αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ᾽ ἀρωγῇ with favour, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ.κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, [NT+5th c.BC+] in both cases, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III.2). of an end or purpose, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for supper, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with a view to gaining. , [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.3). of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ᾽ ᾧτε on condition that. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] followed by infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ᾧ = wherefore, NT.Rom.5.12); ἐπ᾽ οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, for no adequate reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+], on fair and equal terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῆμαί [Refs 6th c.BC+]; on the principle of. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.4). of the price for which, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις [Refs] lend at 12 per cent, [Refs], i.e. at 16 per cent, [Refs]; also of the security on which money is borrowed, [Refs]; ἐπ᾽ οἴνου [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.5). of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄνομα καλεῖν [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.6). of persons in authority, ὅς μ᾽ ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.7). in possession of, possessing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C). WITH Acc: C.I). of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, [Refs]; ὤμω. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. κεφαλήν head-foremost, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.b). Geometry texts, αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος). C.I.2). to, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs]: c.accusative person, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.I.2.b). metaphorically, ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] codices; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως [Refs] to be entered under his name, [Refs] C.I.2.c). up to, as far as (μέχρι ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield [Refs]-fold, [Refs 6th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον [Refs] I am prudent enough, not to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, [Refs 5th c.BC+], a little way, a little, [Refs 5th c.BC+] still more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C.I.2.d). before, into the presence of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, [NT]. C.I.2.e). in Military phrases (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+], i.e. twenty-five in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] many in file, [Refs] codices; for ἐ. κέρας see below[Refs] C.I.3). of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, to the right or left, [Refs 8th c.BC+], on the longer, shorter side, [Refs 5th c.BC+] both ways, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, [Refs 5th c.BC+], of space, in one, two, three dimensions, [Refs 4th c.BC+], to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, [Refs], etc, sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. [Refs], etc, with exaggeration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.4). in hostile sense, against, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] to your prejudice, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5). of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ᾽ ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over nine acres he lay stretched, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over so much, [Refs] over a large space, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; frequently to be rendered on, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵππους. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας [Refs]; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, among, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II). of Time, for or during a certain time, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐπ᾽ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. διετές Legal cited in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for a long time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.2). up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]. C.III). in various causal senses: C.III.1). of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] let him go for an ox, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα [Refs] for (i.e. to demand) the interest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with accusative of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to see the sight, [NT+2nd c.BC+] or adjective, ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τ; to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+] for which purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for like ends, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a better result, [Refs 5th c.BC+] set up as God's anointed, [LXX]: after an adjective, ἄριστοι πᾶσαν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); χρήσιμος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄργανα ἐ. τι [Refs] C.III.2). so far as regards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἐ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. C.III.3). of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς [Refs 6th c.BC+]. C.III.4). according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D). POSITION:—ἐπί may suffer anastrophe (ἔπι) and follow its case, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] D.II). in Poets it is sometimes put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] E). AB[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κτεῖνον δ᾽ ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). E.II). ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, [Refs 8th c.BC+] there is no man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). F). PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. [Refs] G). IN COMPOSITION: G.I). of Place, denoting, G.I.1). Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc. G.I.2). Motion, G.I.2.a). upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω. G.I.2.b). to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος. G.I.2.c). against, [Refs], ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω. G.I.2.d). up to a point, ἐπιτελέω. G.I.2.e). over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω. G.I.2.f). over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι. G.I.2.g). implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία. G.I.3). Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, [Refs], ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος. G.I.4). Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος. G.I.5). Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 + 1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc. G.I.6). with adjectives, somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος. G.II). of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, [Refs]. G.III). in causal senses: G.III.1). Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι. G.III.2). Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν. G.III.3). Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος. G.III.4). to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.
Strongs
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epí
Pronounciation:
ep-ee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.; about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with; a primary preposition
them.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτούς.
Transliteration:
autous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned male people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
them
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
